Date post: | 07-Aug-2018 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | imam-ahmad |
View: | 217 times |
Download: | 0 times |
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 134
2nd South African Edition
Crafting and Executing
Strategy
Creating Sustainable High Performance
in South African Businesses
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 1 10202010 4001
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 234
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 2 10202010 4001
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 334
London Boston Burr Ridge IL Dubuque IA Madison WI New York San FranciscoSt Louis Bangkok Bogotaacute Caracas Kuala Lumpur Lisbon Madrid Mexico CityMilan Montreal New Delhi Santiago Seoul Singapore Sydney Taipei Toronto
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson JrAJ Strickland III John E Gamble
Crafting and
Executing
StrategyCreating Sustainable High
Performance in South
African businesses
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 3 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 434
Crafting and Executing Strategy Johan Hough Arthur A Thompson Jr AJ Strickland III John E GambleISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
Published by McGraw-Hill EducationShoppenhangers RoadMaidenheadBerkshireSL6 2QLTelephone 44 (0) 1628 502 500Fax 44 (0) 1628 770 224Website wwwmcgraw-hillcouk
British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloguing in Publication DataThe Library of Congress data for this book has been applied for from the Library of Congress
Acquisitions Editor Lucille BurgerMarketing ManagerProduction Editor Alisan Davis
Text Design by Hard LinesCover design by Adam RenvoizePrinted and bound in in the UK by Bell and Bain Ltd GlasgowPage Layout SR Nova Pvt Ltd Banglore India
Published by McGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited an imprint of The McGraw-HillCompanies Inc 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York NY 10020 Copyright copy 2003 byMcGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited All rights reserved No part of this publication may bereproduced or distributed in any form or by any means or stored in a database or retrievalsystem without the prior written consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc includingbut not limited to in any network or other electronic storage or transmission or broadcastfor distance learning
Fictitious names of companies products people characters andor data that may be usedherein (in case studies or in examples) are not intended to represent any real individualcompany product or event
ISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
copy 2010 Exclusive rights by The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc for manufacture and exportThis book cannot be re-exported from the country to which it is sold by McGraw-Hill
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 4 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 534
v
About the Authors
Johan Hough completed the degrees MSc in Agricultural Economicsand a Doctorate in Strategy at South African universities and is agraduate from the Faculty Program in International Business SouthCarolina in the USA He teaches Strategy and Corporate Venturingat Stellenbosch University He has lectured in Sweden FinlandBotswana and the USA Johan is also the project leader of theCertificate Programmes in Strategic Alignment and ManagementStudies
Areas of expertise include strategic management international
business research and spearheading ldquoCorporate Entrepreneurshiprdquoin South African companies He was the recipient of the ErnstOppenheimer Special Overseas Study Grant in 2000 Johan is the
co-editor and main author of the book Global Business and the co-editor of the book entitledEntrepreneurship A Southern African Perspective He contributed to more than eightyresearch articles local and international conference proceedings and research reports
Johan has consulted widely and some of his clients include Deloitte amp Touche StandardBank of South Africa Absa Maersk Sealand British American Tobacco UCT (GraduateSchool of Business) Technikon Pretoria World Economic Forum in Switzerland IscorMining Goldfields Botswana Housing Commission EOH Consulting VampA WaterfrontMedi-Clinic Sherwood Into PetroSA and various cooperatives and municipalities in SouthAfrica
Johan is the managing partner of the Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
Roy Braxton is the CEO and founder of the Braxton group a uniquelyfocused business that specializes in strategy people managementculture and technological solutions which enable businesses toprovide sustained performance to their shareholders The practicehas been doing business in South and southern Africa the UnitedKingdom and Europe
Roy has consulted to a range of companies over the years fromBlue Chip organizations such as Rand Merchant Bank First NationalBank WesBank SASOL to smaller entrepreneurial organizationssuch as St Elmorsquos and professional bodiesmdashInvestors in People
He has two post-graduate qualifications in Industrial Psychologyand Financial Management and lectures strategy at the Universityof Stellenbosch
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 5 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 634
vi About the Authors
Prof Viola Makin is one of the most experienced academicmembers of the Strategy division at Unisarsquos Graduate Schoolof Business Leadership (SBL) The University of South Africa
(Unisa) is one of the largest distant educators in the world withabout 200 000 students She teaches on the Master of BusinessLeadership Program (MBL) a three-year program which hasabout 1500 participants Her areas of expertise are Competitiveand Dynamic Strategy as well as Corporate Strategy includingCorporate Governance
At present she teaches the Corporate Strategy elective in thefinal year of the MBL She is acknowledged as an expert in herfield and has been invited to teach on MBA programs in the UnitedStates a number of times She has presented academic papers
and case studies and has had a paper accepted at the American Strategic ManagementSociety Through her business consultancy she has also obtained considerable practical
experienceHer SBL Director portfolios have includedmdashSeminars and Short Courses International
Relations Marketing and Communication as well as membership of the Board At presentshe is responsible for Executive Education Her doctoral studies looked at informationtechnology for strategic advantage She is a member of the Institute of Directors and theAmerican Academy of Management and has had executive training at INSEAD (1993)Wharton (1997) and Harvard Business School (2001)
Arthur A Thompson Jr earned his BS and PhD degrees ineconomics from The University of Tennessee spent three yearson the economics faculty at Virginia Tech and served on thefaculty of The University of Alabamarsquos College of Commerce and
Business Administration for 24 years In 1974 and again in 1982Dr Thompson spent semester-long sabbaticals as a visiting scholarat the Harvard Business School
His areas of specialization are business strategy competitionand market analysis and the economics of business enterprisesIn addition to publishing over 30 articles in some 25 different
professional and trade publications he has authored or co-authored five textbooks and sixcomputer-based simulation exercises that are used in colleges and universities worldwide
Dr Thompson spends much of his off-campus time giving presentations putting onmanagement development programmes working with companies and helping operate abusiness simulation enterprise in which he is a major partner
Dr Thompson and his wife of 45 years have two daughters two grandchildren and two
Yorkshire terriers
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 6 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 734
viiAbout the Authors
Dr A J (Lonnie) Strickland a native of North Georgia attendedthe University of Georgia where he received a bachelor of sciencedegree in math and physics in 1965 Afterward he entered the Georgia
Institute of Technology where he received a master of science inindustrial management He earned a PhD in business administrationfrom Georgia State University in 1969 He currently holds the title ofProfessor of Strategic Management in the Graduate School of Businessat The University of Alabama
Dr Stricklandrsquos experience in consulting and executive developmentis in the strategic management area with a concentration in industry
and competitive analysis He has developed strategic planning systems for such firms asthe Southern Company BellSouth South Central Bell American Telephone and TelegraphGulf States Paper Carraway Methodist Medical Centre Delco Remy Mark IV IndustriesAmoco Oil Company USA Group General Motors and Kimberly Clark Corporation(Medical Products) He is a very popular speaker on the subject of implementing strategic
change and serves on several corporate boards
John E Gamble is currently Associate Dean and Professorof Management in the Mitchell College of Business at theUniversity of South Alabama His teaching specialty at USA isstrategic management and he also conducts a course in strategicmanagement in Germany which is sponsored by the University ofApplied Sciences in Worms
Dr Gamblersquos research interests centre on strategic issues inentrepreneurial healthcare and manufacturing settings His workhas been published in various scholarly journals and he is theauthor or co-author of more than 30 case studies published in an
assortment of strategic management and strategic marketing textsHe has carried out consulting work on industry and market analysis for clients in a diversemix of industries
Professor Gamble received his PhD in management from The University of Alabama in1995 Dr Gamble also has a Bachelor of Science degree and a Master of Arts degree fromThe University of Alabama
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 7 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 234
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 2 10202010 4001
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 334
London Boston Burr Ridge IL Dubuque IA Madison WI New York San FranciscoSt Louis Bangkok Bogotaacute Caracas Kuala Lumpur Lisbon Madrid Mexico CityMilan Montreal New Delhi Santiago Seoul Singapore Sydney Taipei Toronto
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson JrAJ Strickland III John E Gamble
Crafting and
Executing
StrategyCreating Sustainable High
Performance in South
African businesses
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 3 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 434
Crafting and Executing Strategy Johan Hough Arthur A Thompson Jr AJ Strickland III John E GambleISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
Published by McGraw-Hill EducationShoppenhangers RoadMaidenheadBerkshireSL6 2QLTelephone 44 (0) 1628 502 500Fax 44 (0) 1628 770 224Website wwwmcgraw-hillcouk
British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloguing in Publication DataThe Library of Congress data for this book has been applied for from the Library of Congress
Acquisitions Editor Lucille BurgerMarketing ManagerProduction Editor Alisan Davis
Text Design by Hard LinesCover design by Adam RenvoizePrinted and bound in in the UK by Bell and Bain Ltd GlasgowPage Layout SR Nova Pvt Ltd Banglore India
Published by McGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited an imprint of The McGraw-HillCompanies Inc 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York NY 10020 Copyright copy 2003 byMcGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited All rights reserved No part of this publication may bereproduced or distributed in any form or by any means or stored in a database or retrievalsystem without the prior written consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc includingbut not limited to in any network or other electronic storage or transmission or broadcastfor distance learning
Fictitious names of companies products people characters andor data that may be usedherein (in case studies or in examples) are not intended to represent any real individualcompany product or event
ISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
copy 2010 Exclusive rights by The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc for manufacture and exportThis book cannot be re-exported from the country to which it is sold by McGraw-Hill
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 4 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 534
v
About the Authors
Johan Hough completed the degrees MSc in Agricultural Economicsand a Doctorate in Strategy at South African universities and is agraduate from the Faculty Program in International Business SouthCarolina in the USA He teaches Strategy and Corporate Venturingat Stellenbosch University He has lectured in Sweden FinlandBotswana and the USA Johan is also the project leader of theCertificate Programmes in Strategic Alignment and ManagementStudies
Areas of expertise include strategic management international
business research and spearheading ldquoCorporate Entrepreneurshiprdquoin South African companies He was the recipient of the ErnstOppenheimer Special Overseas Study Grant in 2000 Johan is the
co-editor and main author of the book Global Business and the co-editor of the book entitledEntrepreneurship A Southern African Perspective He contributed to more than eightyresearch articles local and international conference proceedings and research reports
Johan has consulted widely and some of his clients include Deloitte amp Touche StandardBank of South Africa Absa Maersk Sealand British American Tobacco UCT (GraduateSchool of Business) Technikon Pretoria World Economic Forum in Switzerland IscorMining Goldfields Botswana Housing Commission EOH Consulting VampA WaterfrontMedi-Clinic Sherwood Into PetroSA and various cooperatives and municipalities in SouthAfrica
Johan is the managing partner of the Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
Roy Braxton is the CEO and founder of the Braxton group a uniquelyfocused business that specializes in strategy people managementculture and technological solutions which enable businesses toprovide sustained performance to their shareholders The practicehas been doing business in South and southern Africa the UnitedKingdom and Europe
Roy has consulted to a range of companies over the years fromBlue Chip organizations such as Rand Merchant Bank First NationalBank WesBank SASOL to smaller entrepreneurial organizationssuch as St Elmorsquos and professional bodiesmdashInvestors in People
He has two post-graduate qualifications in Industrial Psychologyand Financial Management and lectures strategy at the Universityof Stellenbosch
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 5 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 634
vi About the Authors
Prof Viola Makin is one of the most experienced academicmembers of the Strategy division at Unisarsquos Graduate Schoolof Business Leadership (SBL) The University of South Africa
(Unisa) is one of the largest distant educators in the world withabout 200 000 students She teaches on the Master of BusinessLeadership Program (MBL) a three-year program which hasabout 1500 participants Her areas of expertise are Competitiveand Dynamic Strategy as well as Corporate Strategy includingCorporate Governance
At present she teaches the Corporate Strategy elective in thefinal year of the MBL She is acknowledged as an expert in herfield and has been invited to teach on MBA programs in the UnitedStates a number of times She has presented academic papers
and case studies and has had a paper accepted at the American Strategic ManagementSociety Through her business consultancy she has also obtained considerable practical
experienceHer SBL Director portfolios have includedmdashSeminars and Short Courses International
Relations Marketing and Communication as well as membership of the Board At presentshe is responsible for Executive Education Her doctoral studies looked at informationtechnology for strategic advantage She is a member of the Institute of Directors and theAmerican Academy of Management and has had executive training at INSEAD (1993)Wharton (1997) and Harvard Business School (2001)
Arthur A Thompson Jr earned his BS and PhD degrees ineconomics from The University of Tennessee spent three yearson the economics faculty at Virginia Tech and served on thefaculty of The University of Alabamarsquos College of Commerce and
Business Administration for 24 years In 1974 and again in 1982Dr Thompson spent semester-long sabbaticals as a visiting scholarat the Harvard Business School
His areas of specialization are business strategy competitionand market analysis and the economics of business enterprisesIn addition to publishing over 30 articles in some 25 different
professional and trade publications he has authored or co-authored five textbooks and sixcomputer-based simulation exercises that are used in colleges and universities worldwide
Dr Thompson spends much of his off-campus time giving presentations putting onmanagement development programmes working with companies and helping operate abusiness simulation enterprise in which he is a major partner
Dr Thompson and his wife of 45 years have two daughters two grandchildren and two
Yorkshire terriers
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 6 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 734
viiAbout the Authors
Dr A J (Lonnie) Strickland a native of North Georgia attendedthe University of Georgia where he received a bachelor of sciencedegree in math and physics in 1965 Afterward he entered the Georgia
Institute of Technology where he received a master of science inindustrial management He earned a PhD in business administrationfrom Georgia State University in 1969 He currently holds the title ofProfessor of Strategic Management in the Graduate School of Businessat The University of Alabama
Dr Stricklandrsquos experience in consulting and executive developmentis in the strategic management area with a concentration in industry
and competitive analysis He has developed strategic planning systems for such firms asthe Southern Company BellSouth South Central Bell American Telephone and TelegraphGulf States Paper Carraway Methodist Medical Centre Delco Remy Mark IV IndustriesAmoco Oil Company USA Group General Motors and Kimberly Clark Corporation(Medical Products) He is a very popular speaker on the subject of implementing strategic
change and serves on several corporate boards
John E Gamble is currently Associate Dean and Professorof Management in the Mitchell College of Business at theUniversity of South Alabama His teaching specialty at USA isstrategic management and he also conducts a course in strategicmanagement in Germany which is sponsored by the University ofApplied Sciences in Worms
Dr Gamblersquos research interests centre on strategic issues inentrepreneurial healthcare and manufacturing settings His workhas been published in various scholarly journals and he is theauthor or co-author of more than 30 case studies published in an
assortment of strategic management and strategic marketing textsHe has carried out consulting work on industry and market analysis for clients in a diversemix of industries
Professor Gamble received his PhD in management from The University of Alabama in1995 Dr Gamble also has a Bachelor of Science degree and a Master of Arts degree fromThe University of Alabama
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 7 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 334
London Boston Burr Ridge IL Dubuque IA Madison WI New York San FranciscoSt Louis Bangkok Bogotaacute Caracas Kuala Lumpur Lisbon Madrid Mexico CityMilan Montreal New Delhi Santiago Seoul Singapore Sydney Taipei Toronto
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson JrAJ Strickland III John E Gamble
Crafting and
Executing
StrategyCreating Sustainable High
Performance in South
African businesses
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 3 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 434
Crafting and Executing Strategy Johan Hough Arthur A Thompson Jr AJ Strickland III John E GambleISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
Published by McGraw-Hill EducationShoppenhangers RoadMaidenheadBerkshireSL6 2QLTelephone 44 (0) 1628 502 500Fax 44 (0) 1628 770 224Website wwwmcgraw-hillcouk
British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloguing in Publication DataThe Library of Congress data for this book has been applied for from the Library of Congress
Acquisitions Editor Lucille BurgerMarketing ManagerProduction Editor Alisan Davis
Text Design by Hard LinesCover design by Adam RenvoizePrinted and bound in in the UK by Bell and Bain Ltd GlasgowPage Layout SR Nova Pvt Ltd Banglore India
Published by McGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited an imprint of The McGraw-HillCompanies Inc 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York NY 10020 Copyright copy 2003 byMcGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited All rights reserved No part of this publication may bereproduced or distributed in any form or by any means or stored in a database or retrievalsystem without the prior written consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc includingbut not limited to in any network or other electronic storage or transmission or broadcastfor distance learning
Fictitious names of companies products people characters andor data that may be usedherein (in case studies or in examples) are not intended to represent any real individualcompany product or event
ISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
copy 2010 Exclusive rights by The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc for manufacture and exportThis book cannot be re-exported from the country to which it is sold by McGraw-Hill
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 4 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 534
v
About the Authors
Johan Hough completed the degrees MSc in Agricultural Economicsand a Doctorate in Strategy at South African universities and is agraduate from the Faculty Program in International Business SouthCarolina in the USA He teaches Strategy and Corporate Venturingat Stellenbosch University He has lectured in Sweden FinlandBotswana and the USA Johan is also the project leader of theCertificate Programmes in Strategic Alignment and ManagementStudies
Areas of expertise include strategic management international
business research and spearheading ldquoCorporate Entrepreneurshiprdquoin South African companies He was the recipient of the ErnstOppenheimer Special Overseas Study Grant in 2000 Johan is the
co-editor and main author of the book Global Business and the co-editor of the book entitledEntrepreneurship A Southern African Perspective He contributed to more than eightyresearch articles local and international conference proceedings and research reports
Johan has consulted widely and some of his clients include Deloitte amp Touche StandardBank of South Africa Absa Maersk Sealand British American Tobacco UCT (GraduateSchool of Business) Technikon Pretoria World Economic Forum in Switzerland IscorMining Goldfields Botswana Housing Commission EOH Consulting VampA WaterfrontMedi-Clinic Sherwood Into PetroSA and various cooperatives and municipalities in SouthAfrica
Johan is the managing partner of the Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
Roy Braxton is the CEO and founder of the Braxton group a uniquelyfocused business that specializes in strategy people managementculture and technological solutions which enable businesses toprovide sustained performance to their shareholders The practicehas been doing business in South and southern Africa the UnitedKingdom and Europe
Roy has consulted to a range of companies over the years fromBlue Chip organizations such as Rand Merchant Bank First NationalBank WesBank SASOL to smaller entrepreneurial organizationssuch as St Elmorsquos and professional bodiesmdashInvestors in People
He has two post-graduate qualifications in Industrial Psychologyand Financial Management and lectures strategy at the Universityof Stellenbosch
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 5 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 634
vi About the Authors
Prof Viola Makin is one of the most experienced academicmembers of the Strategy division at Unisarsquos Graduate Schoolof Business Leadership (SBL) The University of South Africa
(Unisa) is one of the largest distant educators in the world withabout 200 000 students She teaches on the Master of BusinessLeadership Program (MBL) a three-year program which hasabout 1500 participants Her areas of expertise are Competitiveand Dynamic Strategy as well as Corporate Strategy includingCorporate Governance
At present she teaches the Corporate Strategy elective in thefinal year of the MBL She is acknowledged as an expert in herfield and has been invited to teach on MBA programs in the UnitedStates a number of times She has presented academic papers
and case studies and has had a paper accepted at the American Strategic ManagementSociety Through her business consultancy she has also obtained considerable practical
experienceHer SBL Director portfolios have includedmdashSeminars and Short Courses International
Relations Marketing and Communication as well as membership of the Board At presentshe is responsible for Executive Education Her doctoral studies looked at informationtechnology for strategic advantage She is a member of the Institute of Directors and theAmerican Academy of Management and has had executive training at INSEAD (1993)Wharton (1997) and Harvard Business School (2001)
Arthur A Thompson Jr earned his BS and PhD degrees ineconomics from The University of Tennessee spent three yearson the economics faculty at Virginia Tech and served on thefaculty of The University of Alabamarsquos College of Commerce and
Business Administration for 24 years In 1974 and again in 1982Dr Thompson spent semester-long sabbaticals as a visiting scholarat the Harvard Business School
His areas of specialization are business strategy competitionand market analysis and the economics of business enterprisesIn addition to publishing over 30 articles in some 25 different
professional and trade publications he has authored or co-authored five textbooks and sixcomputer-based simulation exercises that are used in colleges and universities worldwide
Dr Thompson spends much of his off-campus time giving presentations putting onmanagement development programmes working with companies and helping operate abusiness simulation enterprise in which he is a major partner
Dr Thompson and his wife of 45 years have two daughters two grandchildren and two
Yorkshire terriers
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 6 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 734
viiAbout the Authors
Dr A J (Lonnie) Strickland a native of North Georgia attendedthe University of Georgia where he received a bachelor of sciencedegree in math and physics in 1965 Afterward he entered the Georgia
Institute of Technology where he received a master of science inindustrial management He earned a PhD in business administrationfrom Georgia State University in 1969 He currently holds the title ofProfessor of Strategic Management in the Graduate School of Businessat The University of Alabama
Dr Stricklandrsquos experience in consulting and executive developmentis in the strategic management area with a concentration in industry
and competitive analysis He has developed strategic planning systems for such firms asthe Southern Company BellSouth South Central Bell American Telephone and TelegraphGulf States Paper Carraway Methodist Medical Centre Delco Remy Mark IV IndustriesAmoco Oil Company USA Group General Motors and Kimberly Clark Corporation(Medical Products) He is a very popular speaker on the subject of implementing strategic
change and serves on several corporate boards
John E Gamble is currently Associate Dean and Professorof Management in the Mitchell College of Business at theUniversity of South Alabama His teaching specialty at USA isstrategic management and he also conducts a course in strategicmanagement in Germany which is sponsored by the University ofApplied Sciences in Worms
Dr Gamblersquos research interests centre on strategic issues inentrepreneurial healthcare and manufacturing settings His workhas been published in various scholarly journals and he is theauthor or co-author of more than 30 case studies published in an
assortment of strategic management and strategic marketing textsHe has carried out consulting work on industry and market analysis for clients in a diversemix of industries
Professor Gamble received his PhD in management from The University of Alabama in1995 Dr Gamble also has a Bachelor of Science degree and a Master of Arts degree fromThe University of Alabama
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 7 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 434
Crafting and Executing Strategy Johan Hough Arthur A Thompson Jr AJ Strickland III John E GambleISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
Published by McGraw-Hill EducationShoppenhangers RoadMaidenheadBerkshireSL6 2QLTelephone 44 (0) 1628 502 500Fax 44 (0) 1628 770 224Website wwwmcgraw-hillcouk
British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloguing in Publication DataThe Library of Congress data for this book has been applied for from the Library of Congress
Acquisitions Editor Lucille BurgerMarketing ManagerProduction Editor Alisan Davis
Text Design by Hard LinesCover design by Adam RenvoizePrinted and bound in in the UK by Bell and Bain Ltd GlasgowPage Layout SR Nova Pvt Ltd Banglore India
Published by McGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited an imprint of The McGraw-HillCompanies Inc 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York NY 10020 Copyright copy 2003 byMcGraw-Hill Education (UK) Limited All rights reserved No part of this publication may bereproduced or distributed in any form or by any means or stored in a database or retrievalsystem without the prior written consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc includingbut not limited to in any network or other electronic storage or transmission or broadcastfor distance learning
Fictitious names of companies products people characters andor data that may be usedherein (in case studies or in examples) are not intended to represent any real individualcompany product or event
ISBN-13 9780077127541ISBN-10 0077127544
copy 2010 Exclusive rights by The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc for manufacture and exportThis book cannot be re-exported from the country to which it is sold by McGraw-Hill
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 4 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 534
v
About the Authors
Johan Hough completed the degrees MSc in Agricultural Economicsand a Doctorate in Strategy at South African universities and is agraduate from the Faculty Program in International Business SouthCarolina in the USA He teaches Strategy and Corporate Venturingat Stellenbosch University He has lectured in Sweden FinlandBotswana and the USA Johan is also the project leader of theCertificate Programmes in Strategic Alignment and ManagementStudies
Areas of expertise include strategic management international
business research and spearheading ldquoCorporate Entrepreneurshiprdquoin South African companies He was the recipient of the ErnstOppenheimer Special Overseas Study Grant in 2000 Johan is the
co-editor and main author of the book Global Business and the co-editor of the book entitledEntrepreneurship A Southern African Perspective He contributed to more than eightyresearch articles local and international conference proceedings and research reports
Johan has consulted widely and some of his clients include Deloitte amp Touche StandardBank of South Africa Absa Maersk Sealand British American Tobacco UCT (GraduateSchool of Business) Technikon Pretoria World Economic Forum in Switzerland IscorMining Goldfields Botswana Housing Commission EOH Consulting VampA WaterfrontMedi-Clinic Sherwood Into PetroSA and various cooperatives and municipalities in SouthAfrica
Johan is the managing partner of the Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
Roy Braxton is the CEO and founder of the Braxton group a uniquelyfocused business that specializes in strategy people managementculture and technological solutions which enable businesses toprovide sustained performance to their shareholders The practicehas been doing business in South and southern Africa the UnitedKingdom and Europe
Roy has consulted to a range of companies over the years fromBlue Chip organizations such as Rand Merchant Bank First NationalBank WesBank SASOL to smaller entrepreneurial organizationssuch as St Elmorsquos and professional bodiesmdashInvestors in People
He has two post-graduate qualifications in Industrial Psychologyand Financial Management and lectures strategy at the Universityof Stellenbosch
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 5 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 634
vi About the Authors
Prof Viola Makin is one of the most experienced academicmembers of the Strategy division at Unisarsquos Graduate Schoolof Business Leadership (SBL) The University of South Africa
(Unisa) is one of the largest distant educators in the world withabout 200 000 students She teaches on the Master of BusinessLeadership Program (MBL) a three-year program which hasabout 1500 participants Her areas of expertise are Competitiveand Dynamic Strategy as well as Corporate Strategy includingCorporate Governance
At present she teaches the Corporate Strategy elective in thefinal year of the MBL She is acknowledged as an expert in herfield and has been invited to teach on MBA programs in the UnitedStates a number of times She has presented academic papers
and case studies and has had a paper accepted at the American Strategic ManagementSociety Through her business consultancy she has also obtained considerable practical
experienceHer SBL Director portfolios have includedmdashSeminars and Short Courses International
Relations Marketing and Communication as well as membership of the Board At presentshe is responsible for Executive Education Her doctoral studies looked at informationtechnology for strategic advantage She is a member of the Institute of Directors and theAmerican Academy of Management and has had executive training at INSEAD (1993)Wharton (1997) and Harvard Business School (2001)
Arthur A Thompson Jr earned his BS and PhD degrees ineconomics from The University of Tennessee spent three yearson the economics faculty at Virginia Tech and served on thefaculty of The University of Alabamarsquos College of Commerce and
Business Administration for 24 years In 1974 and again in 1982Dr Thompson spent semester-long sabbaticals as a visiting scholarat the Harvard Business School
His areas of specialization are business strategy competitionand market analysis and the economics of business enterprisesIn addition to publishing over 30 articles in some 25 different
professional and trade publications he has authored or co-authored five textbooks and sixcomputer-based simulation exercises that are used in colleges and universities worldwide
Dr Thompson spends much of his off-campus time giving presentations putting onmanagement development programmes working with companies and helping operate abusiness simulation enterprise in which he is a major partner
Dr Thompson and his wife of 45 years have two daughters two grandchildren and two
Yorkshire terriers
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 6 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 734
viiAbout the Authors
Dr A J (Lonnie) Strickland a native of North Georgia attendedthe University of Georgia where he received a bachelor of sciencedegree in math and physics in 1965 Afterward he entered the Georgia
Institute of Technology where he received a master of science inindustrial management He earned a PhD in business administrationfrom Georgia State University in 1969 He currently holds the title ofProfessor of Strategic Management in the Graduate School of Businessat The University of Alabama
Dr Stricklandrsquos experience in consulting and executive developmentis in the strategic management area with a concentration in industry
and competitive analysis He has developed strategic planning systems for such firms asthe Southern Company BellSouth South Central Bell American Telephone and TelegraphGulf States Paper Carraway Methodist Medical Centre Delco Remy Mark IV IndustriesAmoco Oil Company USA Group General Motors and Kimberly Clark Corporation(Medical Products) He is a very popular speaker on the subject of implementing strategic
change and serves on several corporate boards
John E Gamble is currently Associate Dean and Professorof Management in the Mitchell College of Business at theUniversity of South Alabama His teaching specialty at USA isstrategic management and he also conducts a course in strategicmanagement in Germany which is sponsored by the University ofApplied Sciences in Worms
Dr Gamblersquos research interests centre on strategic issues inentrepreneurial healthcare and manufacturing settings His workhas been published in various scholarly journals and he is theauthor or co-author of more than 30 case studies published in an
assortment of strategic management and strategic marketing textsHe has carried out consulting work on industry and market analysis for clients in a diversemix of industries
Professor Gamble received his PhD in management from The University of Alabama in1995 Dr Gamble also has a Bachelor of Science degree and a Master of Arts degree fromThe University of Alabama
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 7 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 534
v
About the Authors
Johan Hough completed the degrees MSc in Agricultural Economicsand a Doctorate in Strategy at South African universities and is agraduate from the Faculty Program in International Business SouthCarolina in the USA He teaches Strategy and Corporate Venturingat Stellenbosch University He has lectured in Sweden FinlandBotswana and the USA Johan is also the project leader of theCertificate Programmes in Strategic Alignment and ManagementStudies
Areas of expertise include strategic management international
business research and spearheading ldquoCorporate Entrepreneurshiprdquoin South African companies He was the recipient of the ErnstOppenheimer Special Overseas Study Grant in 2000 Johan is the
co-editor and main author of the book Global Business and the co-editor of the book entitledEntrepreneurship A Southern African Perspective He contributed to more than eightyresearch articles local and international conference proceedings and research reports
Johan has consulted widely and some of his clients include Deloitte amp Touche StandardBank of South Africa Absa Maersk Sealand British American Tobacco UCT (GraduateSchool of Business) Technikon Pretoria World Economic Forum in Switzerland IscorMining Goldfields Botswana Housing Commission EOH Consulting VampA WaterfrontMedi-Clinic Sherwood Into PetroSA and various cooperatives and municipalities in SouthAfrica
Johan is the managing partner of the Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
Roy Braxton is the CEO and founder of the Braxton group a uniquelyfocused business that specializes in strategy people managementculture and technological solutions which enable businesses toprovide sustained performance to their shareholders The practicehas been doing business in South and southern Africa the UnitedKingdom and Europe
Roy has consulted to a range of companies over the years fromBlue Chip organizations such as Rand Merchant Bank First NationalBank WesBank SASOL to smaller entrepreneurial organizationssuch as St Elmorsquos and professional bodiesmdashInvestors in People
He has two post-graduate qualifications in Industrial Psychologyand Financial Management and lectures strategy at the Universityof Stellenbosch
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 5 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 634
vi About the Authors
Prof Viola Makin is one of the most experienced academicmembers of the Strategy division at Unisarsquos Graduate Schoolof Business Leadership (SBL) The University of South Africa
(Unisa) is one of the largest distant educators in the world withabout 200 000 students She teaches on the Master of BusinessLeadership Program (MBL) a three-year program which hasabout 1500 participants Her areas of expertise are Competitiveand Dynamic Strategy as well as Corporate Strategy includingCorporate Governance
At present she teaches the Corporate Strategy elective in thefinal year of the MBL She is acknowledged as an expert in herfield and has been invited to teach on MBA programs in the UnitedStates a number of times She has presented academic papers
and case studies and has had a paper accepted at the American Strategic ManagementSociety Through her business consultancy she has also obtained considerable practical
experienceHer SBL Director portfolios have includedmdashSeminars and Short Courses International
Relations Marketing and Communication as well as membership of the Board At presentshe is responsible for Executive Education Her doctoral studies looked at informationtechnology for strategic advantage She is a member of the Institute of Directors and theAmerican Academy of Management and has had executive training at INSEAD (1993)Wharton (1997) and Harvard Business School (2001)
Arthur A Thompson Jr earned his BS and PhD degrees ineconomics from The University of Tennessee spent three yearson the economics faculty at Virginia Tech and served on thefaculty of The University of Alabamarsquos College of Commerce and
Business Administration for 24 years In 1974 and again in 1982Dr Thompson spent semester-long sabbaticals as a visiting scholarat the Harvard Business School
His areas of specialization are business strategy competitionand market analysis and the economics of business enterprisesIn addition to publishing over 30 articles in some 25 different
professional and trade publications he has authored or co-authored five textbooks and sixcomputer-based simulation exercises that are used in colleges and universities worldwide
Dr Thompson spends much of his off-campus time giving presentations putting onmanagement development programmes working with companies and helping operate abusiness simulation enterprise in which he is a major partner
Dr Thompson and his wife of 45 years have two daughters two grandchildren and two
Yorkshire terriers
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 6 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 734
viiAbout the Authors
Dr A J (Lonnie) Strickland a native of North Georgia attendedthe University of Georgia where he received a bachelor of sciencedegree in math and physics in 1965 Afterward he entered the Georgia
Institute of Technology where he received a master of science inindustrial management He earned a PhD in business administrationfrom Georgia State University in 1969 He currently holds the title ofProfessor of Strategic Management in the Graduate School of Businessat The University of Alabama
Dr Stricklandrsquos experience in consulting and executive developmentis in the strategic management area with a concentration in industry
and competitive analysis He has developed strategic planning systems for such firms asthe Southern Company BellSouth South Central Bell American Telephone and TelegraphGulf States Paper Carraway Methodist Medical Centre Delco Remy Mark IV IndustriesAmoco Oil Company USA Group General Motors and Kimberly Clark Corporation(Medical Products) He is a very popular speaker on the subject of implementing strategic
change and serves on several corporate boards
John E Gamble is currently Associate Dean and Professorof Management in the Mitchell College of Business at theUniversity of South Alabama His teaching specialty at USA isstrategic management and he also conducts a course in strategicmanagement in Germany which is sponsored by the University ofApplied Sciences in Worms
Dr Gamblersquos research interests centre on strategic issues inentrepreneurial healthcare and manufacturing settings His workhas been published in various scholarly journals and he is theauthor or co-author of more than 30 case studies published in an
assortment of strategic management and strategic marketing textsHe has carried out consulting work on industry and market analysis for clients in a diversemix of industries
Professor Gamble received his PhD in management from The University of Alabama in1995 Dr Gamble also has a Bachelor of Science degree and a Master of Arts degree fromThe University of Alabama
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 7 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 634
vi About the Authors
Prof Viola Makin is one of the most experienced academicmembers of the Strategy division at Unisarsquos Graduate Schoolof Business Leadership (SBL) The University of South Africa
(Unisa) is one of the largest distant educators in the world withabout 200 000 students She teaches on the Master of BusinessLeadership Program (MBL) a three-year program which hasabout 1500 participants Her areas of expertise are Competitiveand Dynamic Strategy as well as Corporate Strategy includingCorporate Governance
At present she teaches the Corporate Strategy elective in thefinal year of the MBL She is acknowledged as an expert in herfield and has been invited to teach on MBA programs in the UnitedStates a number of times She has presented academic papers
and case studies and has had a paper accepted at the American Strategic ManagementSociety Through her business consultancy she has also obtained considerable practical
experienceHer SBL Director portfolios have includedmdashSeminars and Short Courses International
Relations Marketing and Communication as well as membership of the Board At presentshe is responsible for Executive Education Her doctoral studies looked at informationtechnology for strategic advantage She is a member of the Institute of Directors and theAmerican Academy of Management and has had executive training at INSEAD (1993)Wharton (1997) and Harvard Business School (2001)
Arthur A Thompson Jr earned his BS and PhD degrees ineconomics from The University of Tennessee spent three yearson the economics faculty at Virginia Tech and served on thefaculty of The University of Alabamarsquos College of Commerce and
Business Administration for 24 years In 1974 and again in 1982Dr Thompson spent semester-long sabbaticals as a visiting scholarat the Harvard Business School
His areas of specialization are business strategy competitionand market analysis and the economics of business enterprisesIn addition to publishing over 30 articles in some 25 different
professional and trade publications he has authored or co-authored five textbooks and sixcomputer-based simulation exercises that are used in colleges and universities worldwide
Dr Thompson spends much of his off-campus time giving presentations putting onmanagement development programmes working with companies and helping operate abusiness simulation enterprise in which he is a major partner
Dr Thompson and his wife of 45 years have two daughters two grandchildren and two
Yorkshire terriers
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 6 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 734
viiAbout the Authors
Dr A J (Lonnie) Strickland a native of North Georgia attendedthe University of Georgia where he received a bachelor of sciencedegree in math and physics in 1965 Afterward he entered the Georgia
Institute of Technology where he received a master of science inindustrial management He earned a PhD in business administrationfrom Georgia State University in 1969 He currently holds the title ofProfessor of Strategic Management in the Graduate School of Businessat The University of Alabama
Dr Stricklandrsquos experience in consulting and executive developmentis in the strategic management area with a concentration in industry
and competitive analysis He has developed strategic planning systems for such firms asthe Southern Company BellSouth South Central Bell American Telephone and TelegraphGulf States Paper Carraway Methodist Medical Centre Delco Remy Mark IV IndustriesAmoco Oil Company USA Group General Motors and Kimberly Clark Corporation(Medical Products) He is a very popular speaker on the subject of implementing strategic
change and serves on several corporate boards
John E Gamble is currently Associate Dean and Professorof Management in the Mitchell College of Business at theUniversity of South Alabama His teaching specialty at USA isstrategic management and he also conducts a course in strategicmanagement in Germany which is sponsored by the University ofApplied Sciences in Worms
Dr Gamblersquos research interests centre on strategic issues inentrepreneurial healthcare and manufacturing settings His workhas been published in various scholarly journals and he is theauthor or co-author of more than 30 case studies published in an
assortment of strategic management and strategic marketing textsHe has carried out consulting work on industry and market analysis for clients in a diversemix of industries
Professor Gamble received his PhD in management from The University of Alabama in1995 Dr Gamble also has a Bachelor of Science degree and a Master of Arts degree fromThe University of Alabama
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 7 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 734
viiAbout the Authors
Dr A J (Lonnie) Strickland a native of North Georgia attendedthe University of Georgia where he received a bachelor of sciencedegree in math and physics in 1965 Afterward he entered the Georgia
Institute of Technology where he received a master of science inindustrial management He earned a PhD in business administrationfrom Georgia State University in 1969 He currently holds the title ofProfessor of Strategic Management in the Graduate School of Businessat The University of Alabama
Dr Stricklandrsquos experience in consulting and executive developmentis in the strategic management area with a concentration in industry
and competitive analysis He has developed strategic planning systems for such firms asthe Southern Company BellSouth South Central Bell American Telephone and TelegraphGulf States Paper Carraway Methodist Medical Centre Delco Remy Mark IV IndustriesAmoco Oil Company USA Group General Motors and Kimberly Clark Corporation(Medical Products) He is a very popular speaker on the subject of implementing strategic
change and serves on several corporate boards
John E Gamble is currently Associate Dean and Professorof Management in the Mitchell College of Business at theUniversity of South Alabama His teaching specialty at USA isstrategic management and he also conducts a course in strategicmanagement in Germany which is sponsored by the University ofApplied Sciences in Worms
Dr Gamblersquos research interests centre on strategic issues inentrepreneurial healthcare and manufacturing settings His workhas been published in various scholarly journals and he is theauthor or co-author of more than 30 case studies published in an
assortment of strategic management and strategic marketing textsHe has carried out consulting work on industry and market analysis for clients in a diversemix of industries
Professor Gamble received his PhD in management from The University of Alabama in1995 Dr Gamble also has a Bachelor of Science degree and a Master of Arts degree fromThe University of Alabama
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 7 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 834
viii
The objective of this second South African text readings and cases is to cover in aneffective and interesting way what every senior-level or MBA student in South Africa
needs to know about crafting executing and aligning business strategies It features asubstantive presentation of core concepts and analytical techniques and a collectionof timely and recently published readings that amplify important topics in managing acompanyrsquos strategy-making strategy-executing process The textndashreadingsndashcases contentworks well for courses where the instructor wishes to provide students with a foundation inthe core concepts and analytical tools of strategic management and a taste of the literatureof strategic management before having them tackle a customized set of cases andor
a simulation exercise A big benefit of this edition is the number of South African andAfrican cases
We combined the South African African and international cases with two state-of-the-art online strategy simulations The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS which werecreated expressly as accompanying supplements to this book either simulation will proveto be an excellent fit with the chapters of this text and the collection of readings andmostly cases
We believe this second South African edition represents a solid contribution to adeeper understanding of the body of strategic knowledge for the South African readerand learner Pains were taken to improve and ldquoSouth Africanizerdquo the explanations of coreconcepts analytical tools and examples The latest research findings from the literatureand cutting-edge strategic practices of international and South African companies have
been incorporated to keep in step with both theory and practice Scores of new exampleshave been added to complement the new and updated illustration capsules
The result is a text treatment with greater clarity and improved classroom andboardroom effectiveness The chapter content is solidly mainstream and balancedmirroring both the best international academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-worldstrategic management
Complementing the 10-chapter text presentation is a comprehensive package ofsupport materials that are easy to use highly effective and flexible enough to fit almostany course design
A Text with On-Target Content
In our view for a seniorMBA-level strategy text to qualify as having on-target content itmust
Explain core concepts in language that students can grasp and provide examples of983150
their relevance and use by actual companies
Take care to thoroughly describe the tools of strategic analysis how they are used983150
and where they fit into the managerial process of crafting and executing strategy
Preface
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 8 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 934
ixPreface
Be up-to-date and comprehensive with solid coverage of the landmark changes983150
in competitive markets and company strategies being driven by globalizationinnovation good governance and increased use of Internet technology
Focus squarely on what every student needs to know about crafting implementing983150
executing and aligning business strategies in todayrsquos competitive environments
We believe this second South African edition measures up on all four criteria Chapterdiscussions cut straight to the chase about what students really need to know Explanationsof core concepts and analytical tools are comprehensive enough to make themunderstandable and usable the rationale being that a shallow explanation carries littlepunch and has almost no instructional value All the chapters are enriched with practicalexamples that students can easily relate to Therersquos a straightforward integrated flow fromone chapter to the next The latest research findings in strategy have been woven into eachchapter and we have deliberately adopted a pragmatic down-to-earth writing style notonly to communicate better to an audience of students (who for the most part will soon
be practising managers) but also to convince readers that the subject matter deals directlywith what managers and companies do in the real world
Two Accompanying Online Fully-Automated Simulation ExercisesmdashThe Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
T he Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Developing Winning CompetitiveStrategiesmdashtwo competition-based strategy simulations that are delivered online and
that feature automated processing of decisions and grading of performancemdashcan be usedas companion supplements for use with this and other texts in the field The BusinessStrategy Game is the worldrsquos leading strategy simulation having been played by well
over 400 000 students at universities across the world GLO-BUS a relatively new andsomewhat simpler online simulation introduced in 2004 has been played by over 15 000students at more than 125 universities across the world
We think there are compelling reasons for using a simulation as a cornerstone if not acentrepiece of strategy courses for seniors and MBA students
Assigning students to run a company that competes head-to-head against companies983150
run by other class members gives students immediate opportunity to experimentwith various strategy options and to gain proficiency in applying the core conceptsand analytical tools that they have been reading about in the chapters The wholeteachinglearning enterprise is facilitated when what the chapters have to say aboutthe managerial tasks of crafting and executing strategy matches up with the strategy-making challenges that students confront in the simulation
Most students desperately need the experience of actively managing a close-to-real-983150
life company where they can practise and hone their skills in thinking strategicallyevaluating changing industry and competitive conditions assessing a companyrsquosfinancial and competitive condition and crafting and executing a strategy thatdelivers good results and produces sustainable competitive advantage Strategysimulations put students through a drill where they can improve (1) their businessacumen (2) their ability to make good bottom-line decisions in the face of uncertain
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 9 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1034
x Preface
market and competitive conditions and (3) their proficiency in weaving functionalarea decisions into a cohesive strategy Such skills building is the essence of seniorand MBA courses in business strategy
Students are983150 more motivated to buckle down and figure out what strategic moveswill make their simulation company perform better than they are to wrestle withthe strategic issues posed in an assigned case (which entails reading the casethoroughly diagnosing the companyrsquos situation and proposing well-reasoned actionrecommendations) In a strategy simulation students have to take the analysis ofmarket conditions the strategies and actions of competitors and the condition oftheir company seriously mdashthey are held fully accountable for their decisions andtheir companyrsquos performance It is to studentsrsquo advantage to avoid faulty analysis andflawed strategiesmdashnothing gets studentsrsquo attention quicker than the adverse gradeconsequences of a decline in their companyrsquos performance or the loss of an industry position And no other type of assignment does a better job of spurring students toexercise fully their strategic wits and analytical prowessmdashcompany co-managers
have a strong grade incentive to spend quality time debating and deciding how bestto boost the performance of their company
In class discussions of cases however students take on the more passive anddetached role of outside observers providing their thoughts about a companyrsquossituation It is sometimes hard to get students to think long and hard about thecompany in the assigned case or what needs to be done to improve its futureperformance They may well not see an immediate or alarming impact on theirgrade if their case preparation is skimpy or their analysis of the companyrsquos situationis deficient or their recommendations about what the company should do aresuboptimal or even off-the-wall Thus while case analysis absolutely needs to bean essential part of seniorMBA courses in strategy case assignments fall short ofstrategy simulations in their capacity to motivate students to do first-rate strategicanalysis and come up with insightful action recommendations
A competition-based strategy simulation adds an enormous amount of student983150
interest and excitement mdasha head-to-head competitive battle for market share andindustry leadership stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and engages them emotionallyin the subject matter Being an active manager in running a company in whichthey have a stake makes their task of learning about crafting and executing winningstrategies more enjoyable Their company becomes ldquorealrdquo and takes on a life of itsown as the simulation unfoldsmdashand it doesnrsquot take long for students to establish ahealthy rivalry with other class members that are running rival companies Becausethe competition in the simulation typically gets very personal most students becomeimmersed in whatrsquos going on in their industrymdashas compared to the more impersonal
engagement that occurs when they are assigned a case to analyseA first-rate simulation produces a ldquoWow Not only is this fun but I am learning983150
a lotrdquo reaction from students The element of competition ingrained in strategysimulations stirs studentsrsquo competitive juices and emotionally engages them in thesubject matter Most students will thoroughly enjoy the learn-by-doing character ofa simulation recognize the practical value of having to make all kinds of decisionsand run a whole company and gain confidence from working with all the financial
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 10 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1134
xiPreface
and operating statisticsmdashall of which tends to (1) make the strategy course a livelierricher learning experience and (2) result in higher instructor evaluations at the end ofthe course
Strategy simulations like983150 The Business Strategy Game or GLO-BUS that haveexceptionally close ties between the industry and company circumstances in thesimulation and the topics covered in the text chapters provide instructors with a hostof first-rate examples of how the material in the text applies both to the experiencethat students are having in running their companies and to real-world managementSince students can easily relate to these examples they are much more apt to sayldquoAha Now I see how this applies and why I need to know about it and use itrdquo Thehost of examples the simulation experience provides to create this ldquoAhardquo effect thusadds real value (There is information posted in the Instructor Centres for both TheBusiness Strategy Game and GLO-BUS showing specific links between the pages ofthis text and the simulation)
Because a simulation involves making decisions relating to production operations983150
worker compensation and training sales and marketing distribution customer serviceand finance and requires analysis of company financial statements and market datathe simulation helps students synthesize the knowledge gained in a variety of differentbusiness courses The cross-functional integrative nature of a strategy simulation helpsmake courses in strategy much more of a true capstone experience
In sum a four-pronged textndashreading-casendashsimulation course model has significantlymore teachinglearning power than the traditional textndashcase combination Indeed a veryconvincing argument can be made that a competition-based strategy simulation is thesingle most powerful vehicle that instructors can use to teach effectively the disciplineof business and competitive strategy and to build student proficiencies in crafting andexecuting a winning strategy Mounting instructor recognition of the teachinglearning
effectiveness of a good strategy simulation accounts for why strategy simulations haveearned a prominent place in so many of todayrsquos strategy courses
Happily there is another positive side benefit to using a simulationmdashit lightens themarking burden for instructors Since a simulation can entail 20 or more hours of studenttime over the course of a term (depending on the number of decisions and the extent ofaccompanying assignments) most adopters compensate by trimming the total number ofassigned cases or substituting the simulation for one (or two) written cases andor an hourexam This results in less time spent marking assignments because both The BusinessStrategy Game and GLO-BUS have built-in grading features that require no instructor effort(beyond setting the grading weights)
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of GLO-BUSThe industry setting for GLO-BUS is the digital camera industry Global marketdemand grows at the rate of 8ndash10 per cent annually for the first five years and 4ndash6 per centannually for the second five years Retail sales of digital cameras are seasonal withabout 20 per cent of consumer demand coming in each of the first three-quarters ofeach calendar year and 40 per cent coming during the big fourth-quarter retailingseason
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 11 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1234
xii Preface
Companies produce entry-level and upscale multi-featured cameras of varyingdesigns and quality in a Taiwan assembly facility and ship assembled cameras directly toretailers in North America Asia-Pacific Europe-Africa and Latin America All cameras
are assembled as retail orders come in and shipped immediately upon completion ofthe assembly processmdashcompanies maintain no finished-goods inventories and all partsand components are delivered on a just-in-time basis (which eliminates the need totrack inventories and simplifies the accounting for plant operations and costs) Companyco-managers exercise control over production costs based on the designs and componentsthey specify for their cameras workforce compensation and training the length ofwarranties offered (which affects warranty costs) the amount spent for technical supportprovided to buyers of the companyrsquos cameras and their management of the assemblyprocess
Competition in each of the two product market segments (entry-level and multifeatureddigital cameras) is based on 10 factors price camera performance and quality numberof quarterly sales promotions length of promotions in weeks the size of the promotional
discounts offered advertising the number of camera models size of retail dealer networkwarranty period and the amountcalibre of technical support provided to camera buyersLow-cost leadership differentiation strategies best-cost provider strategies and focusstrategies are all viable competitive options Rival companies can strive to be the clearmarket leader in either entry-level cameras upscale multifeatured cameras or both Theycan focus on one or two geographic regions or strive for geographic balance They canpursue essentially the same strategy worldwide or craft slightly or very different strategiesfor the Europe-Africa Asia- Pacific Latin America and North America markets Just aswith The Business Strategy Game most any well-conceived well-executed competitiveapproach is capable of succeeding provided it is not overpowered by the strategies ofcompetitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute itseffectiveness
Company co-managers make 44 types of decisions each period ranging from RampDcamera components and camera performance (10 decisions) to production operationsand worker compensation (15 decisions) to pricing and marketing (15 decisions) to thefinancing of company operations (4 decisions) Each time participants make a decisionentry an assortment of on-screen calculations instantly shows the projected effectson unit sales revenues market shares unit costs profit earnings per share ROE andother operating statistics These on-screen calculations help team members evaluate therelative merits of one decision entry versus another and stitch the separate decisions into acohesive and promising strategy Company performance is judged on five criteria earningsper share return on equity investment stock price credit rating and brand image
All activity for GLO-BUS occurs at wwwglo-buscom
A Birdrsquos-Eye View of The Business Strategy Game
The setting for The Business Strategy Game (BSG) is the global athletic footwear industry(there can be little doubt in todayrsquos world that a globally competitive strategy simulationis vastly superior to a simulation with a domestic-only setting) Global market demand forfootwear grows at the rate of 7ndash9 per cent annually for the first five years and 5ndash7 per cent
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 12 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1334
xiiiPreface
annually for the second five years However market growth rates vary by geographicregionmdashNorth America Latin America Europe-Africa and Asia-Pacific
Companies begin the simulation producing branded and private-label footwear in
two plants one in North America and one in Asia They have the option to establishproduction facilities in Latin America and Europe-Africa either by constructing new plantsor buying previously constructed plants that have been sold by competing companiesCompany co-managers exercise control over production costs based on the styling andquality they opt to manufacture plant location (wages and incentive compensation varyfrom region to region) the use of best practices and Six Sigma programmes to reduce theproduction of defective footwear and to boost worker productivity and compensationpractices
All newly produced footwear is shipped in bulk containers to one of four geographicdistribution centres All sales in a geographic region are made from footwear inventoriesin that regionrsquos distribution centre Costs at the four regional distribution centres are afunction of inventory storage costs packing and shipping fees import tariffs paid on
incoming pairs shipped from foreign plants and exchange rate impacts At the startof the simulation import tariffs average $4 per pair in Europe-Africa $6 per pair inLatin America and $8 in the Asia-Pacific region However the Free Trade Treaty ofthe Americas allows tariff-free movement of footwear between North America andLatin America Instructors have the option to alter tariffs as the game progresses
Companies market their brand of athletic footwear to footwear retailers worldwideand to individuals buying online at the companyrsquos website Each companyrsquos sales andmarket share in the branded footwear segments hinge on its competitiveness on 11 factorsattractive pricing footwear styling and quality product-line breadth advertising theuse of mail-in rebates the appeal of celebrities endorsing a companyrsquos brand successin convincing footwear retailers dealers to carry its brand the number of weeks it takesto fill retailer orders the effectiveness of a companyrsquos online sales effort at its website
and customer loyalty Sales of private-label footwear hinge solely on being the low-pricebidder
All told company co-managers make 47 types of decisions each period that cut acrossproduction operations (up to 10 decisions each plant with a maximum of 4 plants) plantcapacity additionssalesupgrades (up to 6 decisions per plant) worker compensationand training (3 decisions per plant) shipping (up to 8 decisions each plant) pricing andmarketing (up to 10 decisions in 4 geographic regions) bids to sign celebrities (2 decisionentries per bid) and financing of company operations (up to 8 decisions)
Each time company co-managers make a decision entry an assortment of on-screencalculations instantly shows the projected effects on unit sales revenues market sharesunit costs profit earnings per share ROE and other operating statistics The on-screencalculations help team members evaluate the relative merits of one decision entry versus
another and put together a promising strategyCompanies can employ any of the five generic competitive strategy options in selling
branded footwearmdashlow-cost leadership differentiation best-cost provider focused low-cost and focused differentiation They can pursue essentially the same strategy worldwideor craft slightly or very different strategies for the Europe-Africa Asia-Pacific LatinAmerica and North America markets They can strive for competitive advantage based
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 13 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1434
xiv Preface
on more advertising or a wider selection of models or more appealing stylingquality orbigger rebates and so on
Any well-conceived well-executed competitive approach is capable of succeeding
provided it is not overpowered by the strategies of competitors or defeated by the presence of too many copycat strategies that dilute its effectiveness The challenge for eachcompanyrsquos management team is to craft and execute a competitive strategy that producesgood performance on five measures earnings per share return on equity investment stockprice appreciation credit rating and brand image
All activity for The Business Strategy Game takes place at wwwbsg-onlinecom
Administration and Operating Features of the Two Simulations
The online delivery and user-friendly designs of both BSG and GLO-BUS make themincredibly easy to administer even for first-time users And the menus and controls areso similar that you can readily switch between the two simulations or use one in yourundergraduate class and the other in a graduate class If you have not yet used either of the
two simulations you may find the following of particular interest
Time requirements for instructors are minimal Setting up the simulation for your983150
course is done online and takes about 10ndash15 minutes Once set-up is completedno other administrative actions are required beyond that of moving participants to adifferent team (should the need arise) and monitoring the progress of the simulation(to whatever extent desired)
Therersquos no software for students or administrators to download and no disks to fool983150
with All work must be done online and the speed for participants using dial-upmodems is quite satisfactory The servers dedicated to hosting the two simulationshave appropriate back-up capability and are maintained by a prominent Web-hosting service that guarantees 9999 per cent reliability on a 247365 basismdashas
long as students or instructors are connected to the Internet the servers are virtuallyguaranteed to be operational
Participantrsquos Guides are delivered at the websitemdashstudents can read the Guide on983150
their monitors or print out a copy as they prefer
There are extensive built-in ldquoHelprdquo screens explaining (1) each decision entry (2) the983150
information on each page of the Industry Reports and (3) the numbers presentedin the Company Reports The Help screens allow company co-managers to figurethings out for themselves thereby curbing the need for students to always run to theinstructor with questions about ldquohow things workrdquo
The results of each decision are processed automatically and are typically available983150
to all participants 15 minutes after the decision deadline specified by the instructor
game administratorParticipants and instructors are notified via e-mail when the results are ready983150
Decision schedules are instructor-determined Decisions can be made once983150
per week twice per week or even twice daily depending on how instructors wantto conduct the exercise One popular decision schedule involves 1 or 2 practice
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 14 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1534
xvPreface
decisions 6ndash10 regular decisions and weekly decisions across the whole termA second popular schedule is 1 or 2 practice decisions 6ndash8 regular decisions andbiweekly decisions all made during the last 4 to 6 weeks of the course (when it can
be assumed that students have pretty much digested the contents of Chapters 1ndash6become somewhat comfortable with what is involved in crafting strategy for asingle-business company situation and have prepared several assigned cases)A third popular schedule is to use the simulation as a ldquofinal examrdquo for the coursewith daily decisions (Monday to Friday) for the last two weeks of the term
Instructors have the flexibility to prescribe 0 1 or 2 practice decisions and from 3 to983150
10 regular decisions
Company teams can be composed of 1 to 5 players each and the number of983150
companies in a single industry can range from 4 to 12 If your class size is too largefor a single industry then it is a simple matter to create two or more industries for asingle-class section
Following each decision participants are provided with a complete set of983150
reportsmdasha six-page Industry Report a one-page Competitive Intelligence reportfor each geographic region that includes strategic group maps and bulleted listsof competitive strengths and weaknesses and a set of Company Reports (incomestatement balance sheet cash flow statement and assorted production marketingand cost statistics)
Two ldquoopen-bookrdquo multiple-choice tests of 20 questions (optional but strongly983150
recommended) are included as part of each of the two simulations The quizzesare taken online and automatically graded with scores reported instantaneously toparticipants and automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos electronic gradebookStudents are automatically provided with three sample questions for each test
Both simulations contain a three-year strategic plan option that you can assign983150
Scores on the plan are automatically recorded in the instructorrsquos online gradebook
At the end of the simulation you can have students complete online peer983150
evaluations (Again the scores are automatically recorded in your online gradebook)
Both simulations have a Company Presentation feature that enables students to easily983150
prepare PowerPoint slides for use in describing their strategy and summarizing theircompanyrsquos performance in a presentation either to the class the instructor or anldquooutsiderdquo board of directors
For more details on either simulation please consult the Instructorrsquos Manual or visit thesimulation websites (wwwbsg-onlinecom and wwwglo-buscom) The websites provide awealth of information including a ldquoGuided Tourrdquo link that takes about five minutes Onceyou register (therersquos no obligation) yoursquoll be able to access the Instructorrsquos Guide and a
set of PowerPoint Presentation slides that you can skim to preview the two simulationsin some depth The simulation authors will be glad to provide you with a personal tourof either or both websites (while you are on your PC) and walk you through the manyfeatures that are built into the simulations We think yoursquoll be quite impressed with thecapabilities that have been programmed into The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 15 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1634
xvi Preface
the simplicity with which both simulations can be administered and their exceptionallytight connection to the text chapters core concepts and standard analytical tools
Student Support Materials for the Second South African Edition
Students have access to the latest international resources by referring to the websiteof Thompson and Strickland Crafting and Executing Strategy Text and Readings
17e (wwwmhhecomthompson) The following resources are available
Self-scoring 20-question chapter tests that students can take to measure their grasp of983150
the material presented in each of the 13 chapters
A ldquoGuide to Case Analysisrdquo containing sections on what a case is why cases are a983150
standard part of courses in strategy preparing a case for class discussion doing awritten case analysis doing an oral presentation and using financial ratio analysis toassess a companyrsquos financial condition We suggest having students read this Guideprior to the first-class discussion of a case
A select number of PowerPoint slides for each chapter983150
Instructor Support Materials
Instructors adopting this book are invited to go to wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbookshough to access the following resources
Instructorrsquos Manual
The accompanying Instructorrsquos Manual based on the US edition of Thompson Craftingand Executing Strategy contains a section on suggestions for organizing and structuringyour course sample syllabi and course outlines a set of lecture notes on each chapter acopy of the test bank and comprehensive teaching notes for each of the cases
Test Bank
The test bank is prepared by ThompsonStrickland and based on the US edition containingover 1200 multiple-choice questions and short-answeressay questions
PowerPoint Slides
The PowerPoint slides have been adapted to suite the SA Edition To facilitate delivery
preparation of your lectures and to serve as chapter outlines yoursquoll have access tocolourful and professional-looking slides displaying core concepts analytical procedureskey points and all the figures in the text chapters
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 16 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1734
xviiPreface
Cases and Teaching notes
Teaching notes have been prepared for the South African cases Five additional web casesfrom the US Edition is available as well as their teaching notes
The Business Strategy Game and GLO-BUS Online Simulations
Using one of the two companion simulations is a powerful and constructive way ofemotionally connecting students to the subject matter of the course We know of no moreeffective and interesting way to stimulate the competitive energy of students and preparethem for the rigours of real-world business decision making than to have them matchstrategic wits with classmates in running a company in head-to-head competition forglobal market leadership
Resources for Assembling a Set of Custom Cases
Using the capabilities of McGraw-Hillrsquos Primis division instructors can go online towwwmhhecomprimis browse the cases that have appeared in our last four editions(as well as other sources) and quickly assemble a customized collection of cases that canbe delivered in either printed copy or e-book form Teaching notes for all these cases areavailable
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 17 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1834
xviii
The Publisher would like to acknowledge the following contributors to this text
Acknowledgements
Vi Makin University of South AfricaRoy Braxton Braxton Group
Our thanks go to the following reviewers for their comments at various stages in the textrsquosdevelopment
Annemarie Davis University of South AfricaRababa Mmereki University of BotswanaElroy Smith Nelson Mandela Metropolitan UniversityHein Oosthuizen Stellenbosch Business SchoolAdrian Haupt Cape Peninsula UniversityLouw Van der Walt University of the North WestPat Naiken University of KwaZulu Natal
We also wish to thank the following institutions and people for permission to printmaterial
Wits Case Centre
Andre ParkerViola Makin Josheph Lampel New York UniversityManagement Today Manpower AustraliaHarvard Business Review MIT Sloan Management Tribune Media services Journal of Business Strategy Emerald Group Publishing LimitedAshok Som ESSEC Business SchoolBusiness amp Society Review
and
Strategy and Business
Reprinted with permission from strategy + business published by Booz amp Company
wwwstrategy-businesscom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 18 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 1934
xixAcknowledgements
Every effort has been made to trace and acknowledge ownership of copyright and toclear permission for material reproduced in this book The publisher will be pleased tomake suitable arrangement to clear permission with any copyright holder whom it has not
been possible to contactWe value your recommendations and thoughts about the book Your comments
regarding coverage and contents will be taken to heart and we are always grateful for thetime you take to call our attention to printing errors deficiencies and other shortcomings
Johan HoughArthur A Thompson
A J StricklandJohn E Gamble
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 19 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2034
xx
Chapter IntroductionEach chapter opens with anintroduction providing anoverview of the topic andplacing this within its widerstrategic context
Guided Tour
4 Chapter 01 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment
ldquoStrategy means making clear-chow to compete
11 Introduction
High school graduates face five broad strategic issuethemselves in adult life and to prepare themselves
the safety of their home and school environment Whatprogramme to follow What career to choose Who toWhere to live These issues are life changing and take cand many decisions to ensure success in life and we alltechniques in the world cannot guarantee academic or chappy marriage or even intelligent children
Correspondingly managers also face broad strategictheir companyrsquos business prospects Whatrsquos the companthe company need to go from here How should it get tstrategies to ensure sustainable competitive advantagewe need to create strategic alliances or make the compe
These questions force managers to evaluate industry
Core ConceptsThese are key strategicterms which you will
need to familiarize yourselfwith They are highlighted
throughout the chapterand explained in separate
boxes for easy reference
17 The Concept of a Company Value Chain
Every companyrsquos business consists of a collection of activitof designing producing marketing delivering and suppo
that create value for buyers All of the various activities that acombine to form a value chain
Chapter 4 describes a companyrsquosvalue chain as two broanamely the primary activities that are foremost in creating va
requisite support activities that facilitate and enhance the peractivitiesAt this early stage it is important to know that the combin
activities in a companyrsquos value chain define the companyrsquos inthe cost of each activity contributes to whether the companyrelative to rivals is favourable or unfavourable The tasks of vbenchmarking are to develop the data for comparing a compagainst the costs of key rivals and to learn which internal actiadvantage or cost disadvantage
It is clear that good strategies alone will not ensure thatsustained results but that execution and alignment are crucistrategies with its customers internal business processes repeople and performance systems The following part of thisaligning principles alignment challenges and different waysorganization
CORE CONCEPT A companyrsquos value chain identifies the primary a
value and the related support activities
Though known to everyone in the organization they are difficult to raisopen discussion organizational diagnosis and change plan That is why(2000) called them the ldquoSilent Killersrdquo 5
Ineffective
top team
Unclearstrategy
and priorities
Poorvertical
communication
Poorcoordination
across functions
and businesses
Inadequdown-the
leadership
and develo
Quality of Learning
Top down orlaissez-faire seni
management sty
FIGURE 12 Barriers to strategic alignmentSource Basedon discussionsinM BeerSVoelpel MLeiboldand ETekie (2005) ldquoStrategic management as
Developing fit andalignment througha disciplinedprocessrdquo Long Range Planning 38p452
Unclear strategy and conflicting priorities an ineffective senior teamis too controlling or too disengaged in management style can all interacsenior team from developing a high-quality business and organizational
Summary
The managerial process of crafting and execuinterrelated and integrated phases
Developing a strategic vision1 of where theproductmarketcustomertechnology focuslong-term direction infuses the organizatio
communicates managementrsquos aspirations toSetting objectives2 to spell out for the compperformance is expected and by when Thamount of organizational stretch A balanccompany performance entails setting both f C 3 rafting a strategy to achieve the objectives
strategic course that management has chartprincipally with forming responses to chandevising competitive moves and market apcompetitive advantage building competitivcapabilities and uniting the strategic actionThe more a companyrsquos operations cut acrogeographical areas the more strategy makimana ers and com any ersonnel at many
Figures and TablesEach chapter provide a numberof figures and table to help youto visualize various strategicideas and to illustrate andsummarize important concepts
Illustration CapsulesSituated throughout each
chapter these capsuleboxes illustrate the chaptertopic by applying it to real-
life strategic decisions
Chapter SummaryThis brief review and reinforces the maintopic you will have covered in eachchapter to ensure you have acquired asolid understanding of the key issues
Vodacom
To democratise the telephony market in Afr
information society by offering access to infor
devices Vodacomrsquos commitment to this ind
dedication to its stakeholders customers em
Coca-Cola Sabco
We will be the best Coca-Cola bottler in the wo
Basil Read
To be a diversified construction group competi
Peugeot
To positively contribute to the Southern Africa
Atlanta Web Printers
To be the first choice in the printed communic
best choice and being the best is what Atlant
every day
Balanced Scorecard Institute of South Africa
It is our vision to instill high performance c
businesses
Illustration Capsule 21 Examples of Strat They Measure Up
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 20 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2134
xxi
Visit wwwmcgraw-hillcouktextbooks
Online Learning Centre (OLC)After completing each chapter log on to thesupporting Online Learning Centre websiteTake advantage of the study tools offeredto reinforce the material you have read inthe text and to develop your knowledge ofpsychology in a fun and effective way
Resources for students include
Glossary (including local language versions)983150
Weblinks983150
Self-test multiple choice truefalse and983150
essay questions
Link to Silvius983150
In-Psych CD983150
Also available for lecturers
Instructorrsquos Manual983150
PowerPoint presentations983150
Image library983150
BPS course matching guidelines983150
PrepCenter983150
Test Bank available in McGraw-HillEZ Test OnlineA test bank of hundreds of questions is availableto lecturers adopting this book for their moduleA range of questions is provided for each chapter including multiple choice true or false
and short answer or essay questions The questions are identified by type difficulty andtopic to help you to select questions that best suit your needs and are accessible throughan easy-to-use online testing tool McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online
McGraw-Hill EZ Test Online is accessible to busy academics virtually anywhere - intheir office at home or while travelling - and eliminates the need for software installationLecturers can chose from question banks associated with their adopted textbook or easilycreate their own questions They also have access to hundreds of banks and thousands ofquestions created for other McGraw-Hill titles Multiple versions of tests can be saved for
Technology to Enhance
Learning and Teaching
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 21 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2234
xxii Technology to Enhance Learning and Teaching
delivery on paper or online through WebCT Blackboard and other course managementsystems When created and delivered though EZ Test Online studentsrsquo tests can beimmediately marked saving lecturers time and providing prompt results to students
To register for this FREE resource visit wwweztestonlinecom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 22 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2334
xxiii
At McGraw-Hill Education our aim is to help lecturers to find the most suitable content fortheir needs delivered to their students in the most appropriate way Our custom publishingsolutions offer the ideal combination of content delivered in the way which best suits
lecturer and studentsOur custom publishing programme offers lecturers the opportunity to select just the
chapters or sections of material they wish to deliver to their students from a databasecalled CREATEtrade at
Custom Publishing
Solutions Let us helpmake our Contentyour Solution
wwwmcgrawhillcreatecom
CREATEtrade contains over two million pages of content fromtextbooks983150
professional books983150
case booksndashHarvard Articles Insead Ivey Darden Thunderbird and BusinessWeek983150
Taking Sidesndashdebate materials983150
Across the following imprints
McGraw-Hill Education983150
Open University Press983150
Harvard Business Publishing983150
US and European material983150
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 23 10202010 4002
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2434
xxiv Custom Publishing Solutions
There is also the option to include additional material authored by lecturers in the customproduct - this does not necessarily have to be in English
We will take care of everything from start to finish in the process of developing and
delivering a custom product to ensure that lecturers and students receive exactly thematerial needed in the most suitable way
With a Custom Publishing Solution students enjoy the best selection of material deemedto be the most suitable for learning everything they need for their courses ndash somethingof real value to support their learning Teachers are able to use exactly the material theywant in the way they want to support their teaching on the course
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill representative with any questions or alternativelycontact Warren Eels e warren_eelsmcgraw-hillcom
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 24 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2534
xxv
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration and Strategic Alignment 3
2 The Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy 22
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos External Environment 55
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos Internal Resources and Competitive Capabilities 107
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic Competitive Strategies 147
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit Specific Industry and Company Situations 176
7 Enterprise Performance Management 217
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capable of Good Strategic Execution andGood Strategic Alignment 245
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
10 Corporate Governance and Sustainability 315
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing Strategy R1
Reading 01 Can you say what your strategy is R3 David J Collis and Michael G Rukstad
Reading 02 Enabling bold vision R16 Douglas A Ready and Jay A Conger
Reading 03 Location location The geography of industry clusters R29 Holger Schiele
Reading 04 The DNA of innovation R39 C Brooke Dobni
Reading 05 Hitting back Strategic responses to low-cost rivals R48 Jim Morehouse Bob OrsquoMeara Christian Hagen andTodd Huseby
Reading 06 Strategic management as organizational learningDeveloping fit and alignment through a disciplined process R61 Michael Beer Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold andEden B Tekie
Brief Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 25 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2634
xxvi Brief Table of Contents
Reading 07 How to build an organization in which executives will flourishA blueprint for strategic leadership R88 Steven Wheeler Walter McFarland and Art Kleiner
Reading 08 Turning great strategy into great performance R103 Michael C Mankins and Richard Steele
Reading 09 The role of strategy culture and leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3 Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a local Mexican player to a global brand C6 Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria Exceeding expectations C19 Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos Trek into Africa Tanzania Breweries Ltd C28 Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround of Coca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38 Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos Transforming transnet strategy C45 Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and the balanced scorecard effectivelythe case of Manpower Australia C64 Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culture values and operating practices C83 Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148 Indexes 000
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 26 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2734
xxvii
About the Authors v
Preface viii
Acknowledgements xviii
Guided tour xx
PART 01 The Scope and Dynamics of
Strategic Management 1
1 What is Strategy Integration andStrategic Alignment 3
11 Introduction 4
12 Defining Strategy 5 13 Defining Vision and Mission 5
14 Strategy and the Quest forCompetitive Advantage 6
15 The Relationship between aCompanyrsquos Strategy and itsBusiness Model 7
16 Analysing a Companyrsquos Resourcesand Competitive Position 11
161 Identifying CompanyResource Strengthsand CompetitiveCapabilities 12
17 The Concept of a Company
Value Chain 12 18 Principles of Creating a Strategy-
Aligned Organization 13
19 Killers of Strategic Alignmentand Fit 13
110 Managing Alignment DifferentViews 15
111 Managing Alignment to EnsureLine-of-Sight 16
112 Good Strategy + GoodAlignment + Good StrategyExecution = Good Management 19
113 Strategy Process Followed inthis Book 19
Summary 20References 21
2 The Managerial Processof Crafting and ExecutingStrategy 22
21 Introduction 23
22 Developing a Strategic Vision(Phase 1) 24
Detailed Table of
Contents221 Considerations and
Characteristics of an EffectivelyWorded Strategic Vision 24
222 Strategic Vision CoversDifferent Ground From theTypical Mission Statement 27
223 Communicating the StrategicVision 29
224 Linking the VisionMission withCompany Values 31
23 Setting Objectives (Phase 2)34
231 Nature of Objectives 34
232 What Kinds of Objectives toSet The Need for a BalancedScorecard 35
24 Crafting a Strategy (Phase 3) 39
241 Who Participates in Crafting aCompanyrsquos Strategy 39
242 The Strategy-Making Role ofCorporate Intrapreneurs 41
243 A Companyrsquos Strategy-MakingHierarchy 42
244 Uniting the Strategy-MakingEffort 44
245 A Strategic Vision +Objectives + Strategy =A Strategic Plan 45
25 Implementing and Executingthe Strategy (Phase 4) 46
26 Evaluating Performanceand Initiating CorrectiveAdjustments (Phase 5) 47
27 Corporate Governance The Roleof the Board of Directors 48
Summary 51
References 52
PART 02 Concept and Analytical Tools 53
3 Analysing a Companyrsquos ExternalEnvironment 55
31 Introduction 56
32 The Strategically RelevantComponents of a CompanyrsquosExternal Environment 57
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 27 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2834
xxviii Detailed Table of Contents
39 What are the Key Factors for FutureCompetitive Success 100
310 Does the Outlook for the IndustryPresent the Company with an
Attractive Opportunity 103
Summary 104
References 106
4 Analysing a Companyrsquos InternalResources and CompetitiveCapabilities 107
41 Introduction 108
42 How Well is the CompanyrsquosPresent Strategy Working 108
43 What are the Companyrsquos ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses and itsExternal Opportunities and Threats 112
431 Identifying Company
Resource Strengths andCompetitive Capabilities 113
432 Assessing a CompanyrsquosCompetencies andCapabilitiesmdashWhat ActivitiesDoes It Perform Well 114
433 What is the CompetitivePower of a ResourceStrength 116
434 Identifying Company ResourceWeaknesses and CompetitiveDeficiencies 118
435 Identifying a Companyrsquos Market
Opportunities 120436 Identifying the External Threats
to a Companyrsquos FutureProfitability 121
437 What Do the SWOT ListingsReveal 122
44 Are the Companyrsquos Prices andCosts Competitive 124
441 The Concept of a CompanyrsquosValue Chain 125
442 A Companyrsquos Primary andSupport Activities Identify theMajor Components of its CostStructure 127
443 Why the Value Chains ofRival Companies Often Differ 127
444 The Value-Chain System for anEntire Industry 128
445 Activity-Based Costing A Toolfor Assessing a CompanyrsquosCost Competitiveness 130
33 Thinking Strategically About aCompanyrsquos Industry andCompetitive Environment 58
34 What are the Industryrsquos DominantEconomic Features 59
35 What Kinds of Competitive Forcesare Industry Members Facing 61
351 Competitive PressuresAssociated with Rival Sellers 62
352 Competitive PressuresAssociated with the Threat ofNew Entrants 67
353 Competitive Pressures from theSellers of Substitute Products 72
354 Competitive PressuresStemming from SupplierBargaining Power and
SupplierndashSeller Collaboration 74355 Competitive Pressures
Stemming from Buyer BargainingPower and SellerndashBuyerCollaboration 78
356 Is the Collective Strength ofthe Five Competitive ForcesConducive to GoodProfitability 81
36 What Factors are Driving IndustryChange and What ImpactsWill They Have 83
361 The Concept of Driving Forces 83
362 Identifying an Industryrsquos
Driving Forces 84363 Assessing the Impact of the
Driving Forces 93
364 Developing a StrategyThat Takes the Impacts ofthe Driving Forces into Account 93
37 What Market Positions DoRivals OccupymdashWho is StronglyPositioned and Who is Not 94
371 Using Strategic Group Maps toAssess the Market Positions ofKey Competitors 94
372 What Can Be Learned from
Strategic Group Maps 97
38 What Strategic Moves are RivalsLikely to Make Next 98
381 Identifying CompetitorsrsquoStrategies and ResourceStrengths and Weaknesses 98
382 Predicting CompetitorsrsquoNext Moves 99
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 28 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 2934
xxix
446 Benchmarking A Toolfor Assessing Whether aCompanyrsquos Value-ChainCosts are in Line 131
447 Strategic Options forRemedying a CostDisadvantage 133
448 Translating ProficientPerformance of Value-ChainActivities into CompetitiveAdvantage 135
45 Is the Company CompetitivelyStronger or Weaker than Key Rivals 137
451 Interpreting the CompetitiveStrength Assessments 140
46 What Strategic Issues andProblems Merit Immediate
Managerial Attention 141Summary 142
References 143
PART 03 Crafting a Strategy to Create
Sustainable High Performance 145
5 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 147
51 Introduction 148
52 The Five Generic CompetitiveStrategies 148
53 Low-Cost Provider Strategies 150
531 Cost-Efficient Management of
Value-Chain Activities 151532 Revamping the Value Chain to
Curb or Eliminate UnnecessaryActivities 154
533 The Keys to Success inAchieving Low-Cost Leadership157
534 When a Low-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 157
535 The Pitfalls of a Low-CostProvider Strategy 158
54 Broad Differentiation Strategies 159
541 Types of DifferentiationThemes 159
542 Where Along the Value Chainto Create the DifferentiatingAttributes 160
543 The Four Best Routes toCompetitive Advantage via aBroad Differentiation Strategy 161
544 The Importance of PerceivedValue and Signalling Value 162
545 When a DifferentiationStrategy Works Best 162
546 The Pitfalls of a DifferentiationStrategy 163
55 Best-Cost Provider Strategies 165
551 When a Best-Cost ProviderStrategy Works Best 166
552 The Big Risk of a Best-CostProvider Strategy 167
56 Focused (or Market Niche)Strategies 168
561 A Focused Low-CostStrategy 168
562 A Focused DifferentiationStrategy 169
563 When a Focused Low-Costor Focused Differentiation
Strategy is Attractive 170564 The Risks of a Focused
Low-Cost or FocusedDifferentiation Strategy 171
57 The Contrasting Features of the FiveGeneric Competitive StrategiesA Summary 172
Summary 174
References 175
6 Tailoring Strategy to Fit SpecificIndustry and Company Situations 176
61 Introduction 177
62 Strategies for Competing inEmerging Industries 177
621 The Unique Characteristicsof an Emerging Industry 178
622 Strategy Options for EmergingIndustries 180
63 Strategies for Competing inRapidly Growing Markets 182
64 Strategies for Competing inMaturing Industries 184
641 How Slowing Growth AltersMarket Conditions 184
642 Strategies that Fit Conditionsin Maturing Industries 186
643 Strategic Pitfalls in MaturingIndustries 187
65 Strategies for Competingin Stagnant or DecliningIndustries 188
651 End-Game Strategies forDeclining Industries 189
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 29 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3034
xxx Detailed Table of Contents
66 Strategies for Competing inTurbulent High-Velocity Markets 190
661 Ways to Cope with RapidChange 191
662 Strategy Options for Fast-Changing Markets 192
67 Strategies for Competing inFragmented Industries 194
671 Reasons for Supply-SideFragmentation 194
672 Competitive Conditions in aFragmented Industry 195
673 Strategy Options forCompeting in a FragmentedIndustry 196
68 Strategies for Sustaining RapidCompany Growth 197
681 The Risks of PursuingMultiple-Strategy Horizons 199
69 Strategies for Industry Leaders 199
610 Strategies for Runner-up Companies 202
6101 Obstacles for Companieswith Small Market Shares 203
6102 Offensive Strategies to BuildMarket Share 203
6103 Other StrategicApproaches for Runner-UpCompanies 204
611 Strategies for Weak and Crisis-Ridden Businesses 206
6111 Turnaround Strategies for
Businesses in Crisis 206
6112 The Chances of aSuccessful Turnaround areNot High 210
6113 Harvest Strategies for WeakBusinesses 210
6114 Liquidation The Strategy ofLast Resort 211
612 Ten Commandments for CraftingSuccessful Business Strategies 212
Summary 213
References 215
7 Enterprise Performance
Management 217 71 Introduction 218
72 Enterprise PerformanceManagement Framework 218
721 The Core Elements forEnterprise PerformanceManagement 219
722 The Levels of EnterprisePerformance Management 219
73 Vision and StrategymdashThe DrivingForce for Enterprise PerformanceManagement 219
74 Balanced Performance MeasuresThe Balanced Scorecard (BSC) 221
741 The Four Perspectives 222
742 Objectives Measures Targetsand Initiatives 223
743 The Strategy Map 223
744 Cause-and-Effect Relationships 224
745 Value of the BalancedScorecard and Strategy Map 225
746 Mapping the Strategy forSuccess 225
75 People Management 227
751 Recruitment and Selection 229752 Orientation and Induction 230
753 Managing Performance 231
754 The Cascading Process 231
76 Performance Management 232
761 The Use of Role Profiles 232
762 The Performance ContractmdashDefining the RelationshipBetween Competenciesand Results 234
763 The Annual PerformanceManagement Cycle 234
764 Personal Development Plan 236
765 Learning and Development 239766 Career and Talent
Management 239
767 Remuneration and Rewards 240
77 Determine Return on Investment(ROI) from People ManagementProcesses 241
Summary 242
References 242
PART 04 Executing and Aligning the Strategy 243
8 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution and
Good Strategic Alignment 245 81 Introduction 246
82 A Framework for ExecutingStrategy 248
83 The Principal ManagerialComponents of the StrategyExecution Process 248
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 30 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3134
xxxi
84 Building an Organization Capableof Good Strategy Execution 251
85 Staffing the Organization 252
851 Putting Together a StrongManagement Team 252
852 Recruiting and RetainingCapable Employees 255
86 Building Core Competencies andCompetitive Capabilities 257
861 The Three-Stage Process ofDeveloping and StrengtheningCompetencies andCapabilities 257
862 The Strategic Role ofEmployee Training 262
863 From Competencies and
Capabilities to CompetitiveAdvantage 262
87 Execution-Related Aspects ofOrganizing the Work Effort 263
871 Deciding Which ValueChain Activities to PerformInternally and Which toOutsource 263
872 Making Strategy-CriticalActivities the Main BuildingBlocks of the OrganizationStructure 266
873 Determining the Degree ofAuthority and Independence
to Give Each Unit and EachEmployee 267
874 Providing for InternalCross-Unit Coordination 271
875 Providing for Collaborationwith Outside Suppliers andStrategic Allies 273
88 Creating Movement and Energy 274
881 Managerial Styles and theImpact They Have on theOrganizationrsquos (Business Unitrsquos)Culture 274
882 Act as a Role Model for Your
Organizationrsquos Culture 275883 Ensure Key People are in
Positions of Influence 276
884 Align Department Systemswith the Organizationrsquos(Business Unitrsquos) CultureRequirements 277
89 Current Organizational Trends 280
Summary 281
References 283
9 Leadership Culture and Teamwork 284
91 Introduction 285
92 What is Leadership 285
93 Components of Leadership 288
931 Personal Level 289
932 Interpersonal Level 289
933 Managerial Level 289
934 Organizational Level 290
94 Adjusting Your Approach Accordingto the SituationmdashSituationalLeadership Model 290
95 Four Leadership Styles 292
96 Becoming a More EffectiveLeadermdashLeadership Behavioursand Skills 292
97 Specific Task-Oriented Behaviours 293
98 Change Leadership 295
99 Leadership and Trust 296
910 Culture 297
911 What is Organizational Culture 297
912 Mapping CulturemdashThe CultureStrategy 298
9121 Brand Values 299
9122 Workplace Values 299
913 Why Should You MeasureOrganization Culture 301
914 Shaping Your OrganizationrsquosCulturemdashThe Culture Process 302
9141 Phase 1 Design (PLAN) 302
9142 Phase 2 Assessment (DO) 303
9143 Phase 3 Review (CHECK) 304
9144 Phase 4 Refine (ACT) 304
915 Effective Teamwork and Qualitiesof Teams 305
916 Stages of Team Development 305
9161 Forming 306
9162 Storming 307
9163 Norming 308
9164 Performing 308
917 Building Effective Teams 3099171 Establish a Clear Purpose 310
9172 Create a Positive ClimateOpen Communication 311
9173 Create an Environment ofParticipation Commitment 311
9174 Establish Roles 311
Detailed Table of Contents
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 31 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3234
xxxii
109 Risk Governance 341
1091 Risk Management 341
Summary 342
References 342
Illustration Capsules
Chapter 1
11 Capitec Bank andNedbank Two ContrastingBusiness Models 9
Chapter 2
21 Examples of Strategic VisionsmdashHow Well Do TheyMeasure Up 27
22 The Connection BetweenYahoorsquos Mission and
Core Values 33
23 Examples of CompanyObjectives 37
Chapter 3
31 Can Mango Give Low-CostRivals the Pip in TurbulentTimes and Prevent Overlapping 70
32 SABmillerrsquos BEE Deal Shuns theFashionable Recipients 90
33 Harnessing-and-Developing-Talent 91
Chapter 4
41 Benchmarking and EthicalConduct 132
Chapter 5
51 Middle-East Low-Cost CarrierSet to Fly into Strong Growth 150
52 Toyotarsquos Best-Cost ProducerStrategy for its Lexus Line inthe USA 166
53 Formula 1 Hotelsrsquo FocusedLow-Cost Strategy 169
54 1st for Women PlacesWomen Firstmdash1st for WomenInsurance Brokers 170
Chapter 6
61 The Joule Africarsquos FirstAll-Electric Car 179
62 The Satellite Society 183
63 Distell Buys Chateau inCognac 200
64 Transnetrsquos Growth andTurnaround Strategy 208
Detailed Table of Contents
9175 Create a Climate forCivilized Disagreement andConsensus Decisions 311
9176 Lead Effectively 312
9177 Establish External Relations 312
9178 Celebrate Style Diversityand Creativity 312
9179 Assess Team Effectiveness 313
Summary 314
References 314
10 Corporate Governance andSustainability 315
101 Introduction 316
102 The King III Report 319
1021 Governance FrameworkmdashrdquoApply or Explainrdquo 320
1022 Integrated Reporting 3201023 Combined Assurance 320
103 New Concepts Introduced inKing III 320
1031 IT Governance 320
1032 Shareholders Approval ofRemuneration Policies 320
1033 Directorsrsquo PerformanceEvaluation 321
1034 Business Rescue 321
1035 Alternative DisputeResolution (ADR) 321
1036 Fundamental and Affected
Transactions 321 104 Public Companies 322
1041 Separation of Ownershipand Control 323
105 Corporate Governance 325
1051 Defining Governance 325
1052 Governance Test 326
106 The King Reports on CorporateGovernance for South Africa 327
107 Sustainability and Ethics 329
1071 Link to Strategy 330
108 Directors Boards and Committees 331
1081 Board Committees 331
1082 Effective Board Leadership 3341083 Role of the Chairmanand the Non-ExecutiveDirector 338
1084 Board Failure 339
1085 Board of Directors andAudit Committee CombinedAssurance and InternalFinancial Controls 339
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 32 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3334
xxxiiiDetailed Table of Contents
Reading 3 Location locationThe geography of industryclusters R29
Holger Schiele
Productivity benefits innovationand higher profitabilityCompetitive advantages ofcompanies located withinclusters R30
How to recognize a cluster R31
Implications of clusters forManagement R36
Reading 4 The DNA of innovation R39
C Brooke Dobni
What is innovation and whydoes it matter R39
What is innovation DNA R40
The innovation DNAsequence R41
Reading 5 Hitting back Strategicresponses to low-costrivals R48
Jim Morehouse
Bob OrsquoMeara
Christian Hagen
Todd Huseby
Sting like a Bee R49
Your hands canrsquot hit whatyour eyes canrsquot see R50
Short-term tactics R54
Long-term strategies R56
Low-cost rival in the ring R56
Thriving against aggressivelow-cost competitors R58
Reading 6 Strategic management asorganizational learningDeveloping fit andalignment through adisciplined process R61
Michael Beer
Sven C Voelpel Marius Leibold
Eden B Tekie
Introduction R62
Organizational ldquofitrdquo andldquofitnessrdquo R63
Approaches to achievingorganizational fit and fitness R64
Chapter 7
71 The Need for a SeamlessTechnology Solution 228
Chapter 881 First National BankmdashBranch
Banking Divisionrsquos Approach toCreating Managerial Excellenceat all Levels Throughoutthe Business 253
82 Toyotarsquos Legendary ProductionSystem A Capability ThatTranslates into CompetitiveAdvantage 260
Chapter 9
91 Leadership Challenges inAfrica and South Africa 286
92 Leadership andEntrepreneurial MindsetContributing to Value System 299
93 How to Build a TeamworkCulture 313
Chapter 10
101 Brett Kebblersquos CorporateScandals 316
102 Failure of Fidentia 317
103 Macmed Health Care LtdSending the Right Message 318
PART 05 Readings in Crafting and Executing
Strategy R1
Reading 1 Can you say what yourstrategy is R3
David J Collis
Michael G Rukstad
Elements of a strategystatement R4
Defining the objective R5
Defining the scope R7
Defining the advantage R8
Developing a strategy
statement R12
Reading 2 Enabling bold visions R16
Douglas A Ready
Jay A Conger
Why many bold visions derail R17
The change model R19
Continuous revision R27
Third Pages
hou27541_prelimsindd 33 10202010 4003
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages
8202019 Preface Hough 2e
httpslidepdfcomreaderfullpreface-hough-2e 3434
xxxiv Detailed Table of Contents
PART 06 Cases in Crafting and Executing
Strategy C1
Case 01 Robin Hood C3
Joseph Lampel
Case 02 Corona Beer From a localMexican player to a globalbrand C6
Ashok SomESSEC Business School
Case 03 MTN in Nigeria ExceedingExpectations C19
Andregrave Parker
Case 04 SABMillerrsquos trek into AfricaTanzania Breweries Ltd C28
Andregrave Parker
Case 05 Sabcorsquos business turnaround ofCoca-Cola Sabco in Ethiopia C38
Andregrave Parker
Case 06 Maria Ramos TransformingTransnet strategy C45
Wits Business School
Case 07 Using strategy maps and theBalanced Scorecard effectivelyThe case of ManpowerAustralia C64
Suresh CuganesanGuy Ford
Case 08 Southwest Airlines Culturevalues and operatingpractices C83
Arthur A Thompson John E Gamble
Case 09 Harley-Davidson C120
John E GambleRoger Schaumlfer
Case 10 Brett Kebblersquos corporate
scandals C144Vi Makin
Endnotes C148
Barriers to fit and fitness inorganizations R66
The silent killers oforganizational fitness R69
An integrated analyticframework of organizational fitand fitness R71
Results of HPrsquos SRSD R77
Organizational changeprocesses R79
Conclusion R83
Acknowledgements R83
Reading 7 How to build an organizationin which executives willflourish A blueprint forstrategic leadership R88
Steven Wheeler
Walter McFarland
Art Kleiner
Four starting points R90
The ldquowhyrdquo factor R92
Purposeful initiatives R95
Balanced top teams R97
Organizational capabilities R98
The right questions R99
Reading 8 Turning great strategy intogreat performance R103
Michael C MankinsRichard Steele
The strategy-to-performancegap R104
Closing the strategy-to-performance gap R106
Reading 9 The role of strategy cultureand leadership in theNedbank turnaroundmdashThe Tom Boardman story R114
Executive summary R114
It all starts with a vision drivenby strategy R115
Corporate culture and values R116
Transformation R117
Leadership R119
Measurement and tracking R120
When itrsquos all said and done R121
Third Pages